blob: 7640ee1838a97d2782b3099bdb0b03eab931a20c [file] [log] [blame]
glepnir6a38aff2024-12-16 21:56:16 +01001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Dec 16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
Ughur Alakbarov7c8bbc62024-08-31 16:12:39 +0200182 mkdir -p ~/.vim/after/syntax
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000183
1843. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
185 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
186 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
187
1884. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
189 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
190 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
191
192That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
193different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
194
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000195If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
196All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
197 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
199
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000200
201REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
202
203If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
204version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
205that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200206Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
207b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000208
209
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100210NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
211
212A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
213thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
214A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
215
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200216The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
217digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
218However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
219length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000220
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100221To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000222be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
223These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
224you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
225
226 *Comment any comment
227
228 *Constant any constant
229 String a string constant: "this is a string"
230 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
231 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
232 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
233 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
234
235 *Identifier any variable name
236 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
237
238 *Statement any statement
239 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
240 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
241 Label case, default, etc.
242 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
243 Keyword any other keyword
244 Exception try, catch, throw
245
246 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
247 Include preprocessor #include
248 Define preprocessor #define
249 Macro same as Define
250 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
251
252 *Type int, long, char, etc.
253 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
254 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
255 Typedef A typedef
256
257 *Special any special symbol
258 SpecialChar special character in a constant
259 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
260 Delimiter character that needs attention
261 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
262 Debug debugging statements
263
264 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
265
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200266 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000267
268 *Error any erroneous construct
269
270 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
271 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
272
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100273 *Added added line in a diff
274 *Changed changed line in a diff
275 *Removed removed line in a diff
276
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000277The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
278For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
279The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
280highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
281after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
282
283Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
284can be used for the same group.
285
286The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
287 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
288
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200289 *hl-Ignore*
290When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
291mechanism. See |conceal|.
292
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000293==============================================================================
2943. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
295
296This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
297issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
298located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
299
300":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
301
302 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
303 |
304 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
305 |
306 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
307 | |
308 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
309 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
310 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
311 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
312 | | set yet.
313 | |
314 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
315 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
316 | |
317 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
318 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
319 |
320 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
321 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
322 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
323 | |
324 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
325 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
326 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
327 | |
328 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
329 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
330 | | *synload-4*
331 | |
332 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
333 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
334 | |
335 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
336 |
337 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
338 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
339 |
340 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
341 already loaded buffer.
342
343
344Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
345
346 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
347 |
348 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
349 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
350 | option is set to the file type.
351 |
352 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
353 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
354 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
355 | |
356 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
357 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
358 | |
359 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
360 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
361 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
362 |
363 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
364 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
365 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
366 |
367 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
368 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
369 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
370 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
371 |
372 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
373 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
374 syntax.
375
376==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003774. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000378
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003792html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200380window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000381
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200382After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
383colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
384|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
385or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200386|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
387in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200388
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
390Source the script to convert the current file: >
391
392 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
393<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200394Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
395options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
396the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
397|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000398
399Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200400- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000401- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200402- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100403 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
404 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000405
406Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
407Unix shell: >
408 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
409<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200410 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
411To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
412command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
413and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
414
415 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
416 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
417 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
418<
419 *:TOhtml*
420:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
421 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200422 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
423 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
424 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
425 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200426
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200427 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
428 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
429 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
430 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
431 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
432 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
433 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
434 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200435
436 Examples: >
437
438 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
439 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
440 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
441<
442 *g:html_diff_one_file*
443Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200444When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
445page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4461, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200447Example: >
448
449 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
450<
451 *g:html_whole_filler*
452Default: 0.
453When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
454is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
455of inserted lines.
456When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
457not set.
458>
459 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
460<
461 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
462Default: 0.
463When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4642html.vim conversion process.
465When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
466but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
467files it can take a long time!
468Example: >
469
470 let g:html_no_progress = 1
471<
472You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
473run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
474moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
475
476 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
477<
478Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
479need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
480conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
481script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
482specifying each command separately.
483
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100484 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
485When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
486as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
487current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
488have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
489differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
490your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
491
492 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
493<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200494 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100495Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200496When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
497When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
498highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
499Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
500 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
501Force to omit the line numbers: >
502 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
503Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
504 :unlet g:html_number_lines
505<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100506 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200507Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
508When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
509inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
510takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
511pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
512view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200513(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200514javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
515For example: >
516
517 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
518 page.html#123 does the same
519
520 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
521 diff.html#42 does the same
522<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200523 *g:html_use_css*
524Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100525When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
526browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200527When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
528recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
529forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
530Example: >
531 :let g:html_use_css = 0
532<
533 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
534Default: 0.
535When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
536from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
537value of 'conceallevel'.
538When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
539|conceal|ed.
540
541Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
542included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
543 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
544 :setl conceallevel=0
545<
546 *g:html_ignore_folding*
547Default: 0.
548When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
549Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
550the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
551When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
552text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
553
554Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
555in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
556 zR
557 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
558<
559 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
560Default: 0.
561When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
562When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
563in Vim.
564
565Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
566regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
567
568This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
569>
570 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
571<
572 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
573Default: 0.
574When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
575Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
576open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
577'foldcolumn' setting.
578When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
579folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
580>
581 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
582<
583 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100584Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200585This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
586when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
587for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
588line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
589affected in this way as follows:
590 f: fold column
591 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
592 t: fold text
593 d: diff filler
594
595Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
596 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
597<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100598The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
599of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
600
601 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500602Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100603If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
604
605When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
606uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
607selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
608pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
609invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100610Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100611browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
612
613When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
614older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
615<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
616to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
617number of browsers, both old and new.
618
619When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
620generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
621Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
622the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
623standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200624
625 *g:html_no_invalid*
626Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100627When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
628not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
629element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
630in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
631paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
632invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
633<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
634remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200635
636 *g:html_hover_unfold*
637Default: 0.
638When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
639|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
640When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
641cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
642disabled javascript to view the folded text.
643
644Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
645feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
646normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
647they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
648>
649 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
650<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200651 *g:html_id_expr*
652Default: ""
653Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
654to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
655longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
656evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
657so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
658larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
659
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000660 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200661<
662To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
663
664 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
665<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100666Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200667evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
668windows.
669
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200670 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100671Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200672When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
673not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
674When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
675used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
676window.
677Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
678 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
679Explicitly disable wrapping: >
680 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
681Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
682 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
683<
684 *g:html_no_pre*
685Default: 0.
686When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
687tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
688characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
689When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
690used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
691references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
692text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
693old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
694the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
695>
696 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
697<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100698 *g:html_no_doc*
699Default: 0.
700When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
701<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
702define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
703settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
704
705
706 *g:html_no_links*
707Default: 0.
708Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
709
710 *g:html_no_modeline*
711Default: 0.
712Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
713
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200714 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100715Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
716 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
717 1 otherwise.
718When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200719number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100720When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200721are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
722allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
723the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
724indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
725
726Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
727 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
728<
729Force tabs to be expanded: >
730 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
731<
732 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
733It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
734|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
735
736If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
737for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
738'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
739set to match the chosen document encoding.
740
741Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
742|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
743wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
744encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
745below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
746
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100747Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200748the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
749
750 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
752
753 *g:html_use_encoding*
754Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
755To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
756name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
757something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
758webserver: >
759 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
760You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
761entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
762 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
763To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
764variable: >
765 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
766<
767 *g:html_encoding_override*
768Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
769 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
770This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
771specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
772list of conversions.
773
774This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
775pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
776
777Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
778 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
779<
780 *g:html_charset_override*
781Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
782 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
783 browser support.
784This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
785'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
786use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
787TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
788and UTF-32 instead, use: >
789 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
790
791Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
792compatibility problems with some major browsers.
793
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200794 *g:html_font*
795Default: "monospace"
796You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
797g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
798surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
799item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
800way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
801result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
802Examples: >
803
804 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
805 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
806
807 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
808 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
809<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200810 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
811Default: 0.
812When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
813When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
814>
815 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
816<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100817==============================================================================
8185. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
819
820 *b:current_syntax-variable*
821Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
822"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
823settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
824 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
825 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
826 :au BufReadPost * endif
827
828
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000829
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000830ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000831
832ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
833any value to the respective variable. Example: >
834 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
835To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
836 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
837
838Variable Highlight ~
839abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
840abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
841
842
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000843ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000844
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000845See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000846
847
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000848ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000849
850The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000851by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000852by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000853and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000854
855 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
856
857will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
858
859 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
860 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
861 ]]></script>
862
863See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
864
865
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000866APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000867
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100868The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
869version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000870
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
872 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000873ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
874 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000875
876Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
877doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
878startup vimrc: >
879 :let filetype_i = "asm"
880Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
881
882There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
883extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
884line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
885files are included:
Wu, Zhenyud66d6872024-12-12 19:31:54 +0100886 asm GNU assembly (usually have .s or .S extension and were
887 already built using C compiler such as GCC or CLANG)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
Wu, Zhenyud66d6872024-12-12 19:31:54 +0100892 masm Microsoft assembly (.masm files are compiled with
893 Microsoft's Macro Assembler. This is only supported
894 for x86, x86_64, ARM and AARCH64 CPU families)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000895 nasm Netwide assembly
896 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
897 MMX)
898 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
899
900The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000902Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100903one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200904immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
905equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
906between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
907particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
908highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000909
910The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
911b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000912 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000913
914If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
915the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
916language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000917 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000918
919As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
920
921
922Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
923
924To enable a feature: >
925 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
926To disable a feature: >
927 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
928
929Variable Highlight ~
930nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
931 (parser dependent; not recommended)
932nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
933nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
934
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200935ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
936
937Configuration
938
939The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +0200940You can add them to your .vimrc.
941
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200942To enable TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200943 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
944<
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200945To enable Stylus for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200946 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
947<
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200948NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
949
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000950
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +0200951ASPPERL *ft-aspperl-syntax*
952ASPVBS *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000953
954*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
955hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
956using. For Perl script use: >
957 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
958 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
959For Visual Basic use: >
960 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
961 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
962
AvidSeeker3088ef02024-07-16 21:39:07 +0200963ASYMPTOTE *asy.vim* *ft-asy-syntax*
964
965By default, only basic Asymptote keywords are highlighted. To highlight
966extended geometry keywords: >
967
968 :let g:asy_syn_plain = 1
969
970and for highlighting keywords related to 3D constructions: >
971
972 :let g:asy_syn_three = 1
973
974By default, Asymptote-defined colors (e.g: lightblue) are highlighted. To
975highlight TeX-defined colors (e.g: BlueViolet) use: >
976
977 :let g:asy_syn_texcolors = 1
978
979or for Xorg colors (e.g: AliceBlue): >
980
981 :let g:asy_syn_x11colors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000982
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000983BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000984
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200985The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000986for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
987are supported.
988
989Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
990in ones |.vimrc|: >
991 let baan_code_stds=1
992
993*baan-folding*
994
995Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
996mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
997source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
998
999To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
1000 let baan_fold=1
1001Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
1002indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
1003considered equal to a tab). >
1004 let baan_fold_block=1
1005Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001006SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001007match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
1008 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001009Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001010the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
1011.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
1012 set foldminlines=5
1013 set foldnestmax=6
1014
1015
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001016BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001017
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001018Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001019which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
1020five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
1021otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1022Basic.
1023
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001024If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1025example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1026 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1027
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001028
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001029C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001030
1031A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001032(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001033 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001034 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1035To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001036 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001037Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001038
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001039An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1040 :set filetype=cpp
1041
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001042Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001043*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1044*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001045*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1046*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001047*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1048*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1049*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001050 ...except { and } in first column
1051 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1052 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001053*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1054 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001055*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001056*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001057*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1058*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001059*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001060 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001061*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1062*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1063*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1064*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1065*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001066*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1067*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001068
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001069When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1070become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1071 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001072"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1073 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001074
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001075If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1076when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1077to a larger number: >
1078 :let c_minlines = 100
1079This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1080displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1081disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1082
1083When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1084works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1085you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1086
1087To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1088Example: >
1089 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1090 :function MyCadd()
1091 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1092 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1093 : hi link cMyItem Title
1094 :endfun
1095
1096ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1097"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1098not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1099highlighting: >
1100 :hi link cConstant NONE
1101
1102If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1103highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1104
1105If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001106in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001107~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001108 syn sync fromstart
1109 set foldmethod=syntax
1110
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001111CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001112
1113C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1114the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1115
1116By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1117of C or C++: >
1118 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1119
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001120
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001121CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001122
1123Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1124that are available. Additionally there is:
1125
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001126chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1127chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1128chill_minlines like c_minlines
1129
1130
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001131CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001132
1133ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1134If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1135 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1136This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1137"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1138file).
1139
1140You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1141 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1142Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1143 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1144This works immediately.
1145
1146
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001147CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1148
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001149 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1150
1151Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1152but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1153|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1154syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001155>
1156 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001157 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1158 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001159 \ }
1160<
1161Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1162
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001163There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1164this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1165dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001166
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001167By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1168"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1169namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001170
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001171
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001172 *g:clojure_fold*
1173
1174Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1175list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1176the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1177
1178
1179 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1180
1181Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1182reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001183>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001184 #_(defn foo [x]
1185 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001186<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001187Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1188(e.g. `#_#_`).
1189
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001190
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001191COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001192
1193COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1194development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1195versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1196add this line to your .vimrc: >
1197 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1198To disable it again, use this: >
1199 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1200
1201
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001202COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001203
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001204The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001205comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1206
1207 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1208
1209The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1210
1211
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001212CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1213
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001214Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001215
1216Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001217cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001218cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001219cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1220cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001221
1222
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001223CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001224
1225This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1226used.
1227
1228Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1229symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1230between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001231"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1232>
1233 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001234
1235For using tcsh: >
1236
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001237 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001238
1239Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1240tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001241will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001242"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1243variable.
1244
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001245CSV *ft-csv-syntax*
1246
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001247If you change the delimiter of a CSV file, its syntax highlighting will no
1248longer match the changed file content. You will need to unlet the following
1249variable: >
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001250
1251 :unlet b:csv_delimiter
1252
1253And afterwards save and reload the file: >
1254
1255 :w
1256 :e
1257
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001258Now the syntax engine should determine the newly changed CSV delimiter.
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001259
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001260
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001261CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001262
1263Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001264hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001265or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001266normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001267line to your .vimrc file: >
1268
1269 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1270
1271Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1272
1273 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1274
1275To disable these again, use this: >
1276
1277 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1278 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1279<
1280
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001281CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001282
1283Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1284doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1285startup vimrc: >
1286 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1287
1288
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001289DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1290
1291Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1292used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1293a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1294from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1295
1296More information about the language and its development environment at the
1297official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1298
1299dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1300type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1301and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1302framework.
1303
1304Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1305
1306https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1307
1308
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001309DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001310
1311Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001312according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001313https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1314To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1315 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1316Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1317To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1318 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1319g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001320
1321
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001322DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001323
1324The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1325there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1326
1327 :let diff_translations = 0
1328
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001329Also see |diff-slow|.
1330
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001331DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001332
1333The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1334provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1335the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1336versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1337uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1338line to your startup file: >
1339 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1340
1341
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001342DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001343DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1344DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001345
1346There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1347are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1348automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1349defaults to XML.
1350You can set the type manually: >
1351 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1352or: >
1353 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1354You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1355Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1356 :set filetype=docbksgml
1357or: >
1358 :set filetype=docbkxml
1359
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001360You can specify the DocBook version: >
1361 :let docbk_ver = 3
1362When not set 4 is used.
1363
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001364
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001365DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001366
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001367Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1368supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1369NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1370and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001371Select the version you want with the following line: >
1372
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001373 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001374
1375If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001376Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001377
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001378The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1379alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1380current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1381inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1382Stack Overflow -
1383
1384https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1385
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001386To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1387Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1388anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001389
1390 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1391
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001392If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1393block will be highlighted as an error.
1394
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001395There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001396"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1397is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001398
1399 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1400
1401If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1402
1403
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001404DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1405
1406Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001407(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1408idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001409
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001410There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1411explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1412Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001413 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1414or >
1415 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1416
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001417It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1418the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1419adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001420 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1421
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001422There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1423and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001424
1425Variable Default Effect ~
1426g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1427g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1428 doxygen comments.
1429
1430doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1431 and html_my_rendering underline.
1432
1433doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1434 colour highlighting.
1435
1436doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001437 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001438
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001439There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001440configuration.
1441
1442Highlight Effect ~
1443doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1444 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1445doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1446 \endlink from a \link section.
1447
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001448
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001449DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001450
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001451The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001452case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1453
1454 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1455
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001456The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001457this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1458
1459 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1460
1461before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1462Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1463'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1464Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1465highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001466delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001467
1468 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1469
1470The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1471
1472
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001473EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001474
1475While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001476syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1477highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001478highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1479
1480 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1481
1482Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1483
1484Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1485
1486 :let eiffel_strict=1
1487 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1488
1489Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1490five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1491"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1492
1493Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1494guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1495lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1496
1497If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1498"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1499
1500 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1501
1502instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1503
1504Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1505experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1506
1507 :let eiffel_ise=1
1508
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001509Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001510
1511 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1512
1513to your startup file.
1514
1515
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001516EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1517
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001518Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001519version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001520Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1521
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001522Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/ link seems dead) is
1523still necessary for developing applications for the DOS platform, which
1524Euphoria version 4 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001525
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001526The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1527
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001528 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1529 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1530
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001531To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001532auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1533add the following line to your startup file: >
1534
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001535 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001536
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001537< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001538
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001539 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1540
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001541Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001542specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1543file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1544filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1545Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001546
1547
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001548ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001549
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001550Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001551the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001552
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001553The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1554put the following line in your vimrc: >
1555
1556 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1557
1558To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1559
1560 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001561
1562
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001563ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1564
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001565Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1566maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001567
1568The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1569
1570 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1571
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001572Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001573specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1574file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1575filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1576Elixir.
1577
1578
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001579FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1580
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001581FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
1582http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001583NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001584development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001585
1586Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1587syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1588editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1589start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1590'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1591(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1592and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1593
1594If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1595move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1596 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1597
1598
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001599FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001600
1601The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1602modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001603following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001604J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1605
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001606If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001607redefine the following syntax groups:
1608
1609 - formConditional
1610 - formNumber
1611 - formStatement
1612 - formHeaderStatement
1613 - formComment
1614 - formPreProc
1615 - formDirective
1616 - formType
1617 - formString
1618
1619Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1620directives per default in the same syntax group.
1621
1622A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001623header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001624this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1625
1626 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1627
1628The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001629gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001630conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1631
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001632Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1633should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1634the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1635
1636If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1637example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1638 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1639
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001640
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001641FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1642
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001643Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1644be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1645edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1646 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001647 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1648
1649
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001650FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001651
1652Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001653Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1654choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16552023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
165690, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1657respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001658items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001659
1660The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1661fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1662the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001663
1664Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001665Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001666syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1667
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001668When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001669form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001670 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001671in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1672source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001673 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1674in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1675
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001676If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1677extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1678file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1679will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1680on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001681
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001682When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001683source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001684fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01001685neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script
1686attempts to determine which source form has been used by examining the file
1687extension using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and
1688PathScale compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08
1689for free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions
1690because different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works,
1691then the script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your
1692file. If no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed
1693to be in fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of
1694cases. In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line
1695comments, the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form.
1696If that happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the
1697first five columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload
1698(:e!) the file.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001699
1700Vendor extensions ~
1701Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1702script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1703created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1704characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1705with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001706 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001707placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1708
1709If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1710set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1711 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1712placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1713
1714To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1715intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1716command such as >
1717 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1718placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001719
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001720Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001721Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001722fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001723Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001724using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001725variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1726 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001727placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001728mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1729
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001730Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001731Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1732fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001733 :let fortran_fold=1
1734to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1735is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001736subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1737units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1738constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1739fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001740 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001741then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001742select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1743be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001744
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001745The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1746comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1747non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1748or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001749items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001750
1751Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001752Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1753strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001754because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1755
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001756For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001757|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001758
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001759FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1760
1761FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1762dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1763for how to select the correct dialect.
1764
1765Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1766
1767Variable Highlight ~
1768*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1769*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1770*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1771*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1772
1773
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001774
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001775FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001776
1777In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1778the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1779appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1780patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1781number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1782
1783For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1784as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1785
1786 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1787 \ set filetype=fvwm
1788
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001789GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001790
1791The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1792the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1793is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1794are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1795
1796 htmlString
1797 htmlValue
1798 htmlEndTag
1799 htmlTag
1800 htmlTagN
1801
1802Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1803java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1804group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1805correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1806to the contains clause.
1807
1808The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1809group to make them easier to see.
1810
1811
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001812GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001813
1814The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001815under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001816of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1817filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1818(see |filetype.txt|).
1819
1820
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001821HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001822
1823The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001824Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001825syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1826
1827If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1828light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1829 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1830To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1831add: >
1832 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1833To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1834 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1835And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1836 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1837If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1838your .vimrc: >
1839 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1840
1841The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1842directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001843directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1844operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001845as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1846 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1847
1848The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1849automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1850TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001851or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001852in your .vimrc >
1853 :let lhs_markup = none
1854for no highlighting at all, or >
1855 :let lhs_markup = tex
1856to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1857For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1858this variable, so e.g. >
1859 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001860will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001861set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1862loading a file.
1863
1864
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001865HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001866
1867The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1868
1869The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1870This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001871closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1872are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001873
1874Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1875names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1876makes it easy to spot errors
1877
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001878Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001879names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1880
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001881Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001882are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1883text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1884while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001885only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001886<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001887
1888If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1889following syntax groups:
1890
1891 - htmlBold
1892 - htmlBoldUnderline
1893 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1894 - htmlUnderline
1895 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1896 - htmlItalic
1897 - htmlTitle for titles
1898 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1899
1900To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1901of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1902following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1903are read during initialization) >
1904 :let html_my_rendering=1
1905
1906If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1907http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1908
1909You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1910vimrc file: >
1911 :let html_no_rendering=1
1912
Christian Brabandtdf9f67e2024-07-30 20:19:15 +02001913By default Vim synchronises the syntax to 250 lines before the first displayed
1914line. This can be configured using: >
1915 :let html_minlines = 500
1916<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001917HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1918details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1919However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001920ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001921 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1922
1923JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1924'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001925programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1926currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001927
1928Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1929
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001930There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1931written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001932following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1933(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001934>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001935 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1936 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1937
1938Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1939the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1940
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001941 *html-folding*
1942The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1943and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1944
1945 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1946 :set foldmethod=syntax
1947
1948Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1949especially for large files.
1950
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001951
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +02001952HTML/OS (BY AESTIVA) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001953
1954The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1955
1956Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1957doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1958this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1959different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1960 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1961
1962Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1963
1964Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1965signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1966a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1967 :set syntax=htmlos
1968
1969Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1970block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1971
1972
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001973IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001974
1975Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1976how to recognize this filetype.
1977
1978To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1979 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1980
1981
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001982INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001983
1984Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1985most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1986to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1987 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1988
1989By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1990and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1991you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1992need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1993 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1994
1995This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1996set of highlighted system functions.
1997
1998The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1999it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
2000by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
2001startup sequence: >
2002 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
2003
2004By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
2005version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
2006Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
2007startup sequence: >
2008 :let inform_highlight_old=1
2009
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002010IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
2011
2012IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
2013Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
2014
2015IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
2016rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002017repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002018
2019There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
2020are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
2021
2022The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
2023
2024Variable Effect ~
2025
2026idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
2027 extensions
2028idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
2029idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
2030 quite helpful)
2031idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
2032
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002034JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002035
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002036The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002037
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002038In Java 1.0.2, it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
2039flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1, this is possible (with anonymous
2040classes); and, therefore, is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2041old way, put the following line into your Vim startup file: >
2042 :let g:java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002043
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002044All (exported) public types declared in `java.lang` are always automatically
2045imported and available as simple names. To highlight them, use: >
2046 :let g:java_highlight_java_lang_ids = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002047
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002048You can also highlight types of most standard Java packages if you download
2049the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html. If you
2050prefer to only highlight types of a certain package, say `java.io`, use the
2051following: >
2052 :let g:java_highlight_java_io = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002053Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2054
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002055Headers of indented function declarations can be highlighted (along with parts
2056of lambda expressions and method reference expressions), but it depends on how
2057you write Java code. Two formats are recognized:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002058
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +020020591) If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002060a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set one
2061of >
2062 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent"
2063 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent1"
2064 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent2"
2065 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent3"
2066 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent4"
2067 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent5"
2068 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent6"
2069 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent7"
2070 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent8"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002071Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002072
20732) However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and types
2074are supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is
2075any amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002076 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "style"
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002077
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002078In addition, you can combine any value of "g:java_highlight_functions" with >
2079 :let g:java_highlight_signature = 1
Aliaksei Budavei01a4fb12024-06-23 10:03:33 +02002080to have the name of a function with its parameter list parens distinctly
2081highlighted from its type parameters, return type, and formal parameters; and
2082to have the parameter list parens of a lambda expression with its arrow
2083distinctly highlighted from its formal parameters or identifiers.
2084
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002085If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want headers of
2086function declarations to be highlighted, modify the current syntax definitions
2087or compose new ones.
2088
2089Higher-order function types can be hard to parse by eye, so uniformly toning
2090down some of their components may be of value. Provided that such type names
2091conform to the Java naming guidelines, you may arrange it with >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002092 :let g:java_highlight_generics = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002093
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002094In Java 1.1, the functions `System.out.println()` and `System.err.println()`
2095should only be used for debugging. Consider adding the following definition
2096in your startup file: >
2097 :let g:java_highlight_debug = 1
2098to have the bulk of those statements colored as
2099 *Debug debugging statements,
2100and to make some of their own items further grouped and linked:
2101 *Special as DebugSpecial,
2102 *String as DebugString,
2103 *Boolean as DebugBoolean,
2104 *Type as DebugType,
2105which are used for special characters appearing in strings, strings proper,
2106boolean literals, and special instance references (`super`, `this`, `null`),
2107respectively.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002108
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002109Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2110creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002111similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add JavaScript and CSS
Aliaksei Budavei85f054a2024-09-30 19:40:04 +02002112inside this code (see below). The HTML rendering and the Markdown rendering
2113diverge as follows:
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002114 1. The first sentence (all characters up to the first period `.`, which is
2115 followed by a whitespace character or a line terminator, or up to the
2116 first block tag, e.g. `@param`, `@return`) is colored as
2117 *SpecialComment special comments.
2118 2. The text is colored as
2119 *Comment comments.
2120 3. HTML comments are colored as
2121 *Special special symbols.
2122 4. The standard Javadoc tags (`@code`, `@see`, etc.) are colored as
2123 *Special special symbols
2124 and some of their arguments are colored as
2125 *Function function names.
Aliaksei Budavei85f054a2024-09-30 19:40:04 +02002126To turn this feature off for both HTML and Markdown, add the following line to
2127your startup file: >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002128 :let g:java_ignore_javadoc = 1
Aliaksei Budavei85f054a2024-09-30 19:40:04 +02002129Alternatively, only suppress HTML comments or Markdown comments: >
2130 :let g:java_ignore_html = 1
2131 :let g:java_ignore_markdown = 1
2132
2133See |ft-java-plugin| for additional support available for Markdown comments.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002134
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002135If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above, you can
2136also turn on special highlighting for JavaScript, Visual Basic scripts, and
2137embedded CSS (stylesheets). This only makes sense if any of these languages
2138actually appear in Javadoc comments. The variables to use are >
2139 :let g:java_javascript = 1
2140 :let g:java_css = 1
2141 :let g:java_vb = 1
2142Note that these three variables are maintained in the HTML syntax file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002143
Aliaksei Budavei30a8ad62024-07-31 22:16:08 +02002144Numbers and strings can be recognized in non-Javadoc comments with >
2145 :let g:java_comment_strings = 1
2146
Aliaksei Budavei2750b832024-08-22 21:09:32 +02002147When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax", blocks of code and multi-line comments
2148will be folded. No text is usually written in the first line of a multi-line
2149comment, making folded contents of Javadoc comments less informative with the
2150default 'foldtext' value; you may opt for showing the contents of a second
2151line for any comments written in this way, and showing the contents of a first
2152line otherwise, with >
2153 :let g:java_foldtext_show_first_or_second_line = 1
2154
Aliaksei Budavei30a8ad62024-07-31 22:16:08 +02002155Trailing whitespace characters or a run of space characters before a tab
2156character can be marked as an error with >
2157 :let g:java_space_errors = 1
2158but either kind of an error can be suppressed by also defining one of >
2159 :let g:java_no_trail_space_error = 1
2160 :let g:java_no_tab_space_error = 1
2161
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002162In order to highlight nested parens with different colors, define colors for
2163`javaParen`, `javaParen1`, and `javaParen2`. For example, >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002164 :hi link javaParen Comment
2165or >
2166 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2167
Aliaksei Budavei5e95c8f2024-09-15 19:53:50 +02002168Certain modifiers are incompatible with each other, e.g. `abstract` and
2169`final`: >
2170 :syn list javaConceptKind
2171and can be differently highlighted as a group than other modifiers with >
2172 :hi link javaConceptKind NonText
2173
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002174If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002175when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "g:java_minlines" variable to
2176a larger number: >
2177 :let g:java_minlines = 50
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002178This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2179displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2180number is that redrawing can become slow.
2181
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002182Significant changes to the Java platform are gradually introduced in the form
2183of JDK Enhancement Proposals (JEPs) that can be implemented for a release and
2184offered as its preview features. It may take several JEPs and a few release
2185cycles for such a feature to become either integrated into the platform or
2186withdrawn from this effort. To cater for early adopters, there is optional
2187support in Vim for syntax related preview features that are implemented. You
2188can request it by specifying a list of preview feature numbers as follows: >
Aliaksei Budavei50423ab2024-09-20 21:37:46 +02002189 :let g:java_syntax_previews = [455, 476]
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002190
2191The supported JEP numbers are to be drawn from this table:
2192 `430`: String Templates [JDK 21]
Aliaksei Budavei23079452024-09-19 18:22:58 +02002193 `455`: Primitive types in Patterns, instanceof, and switch
Aliaksei Budavei50423ab2024-09-20 21:37:46 +02002194 `476`: Module Import Declarations
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002195
2196Note that as soon as the particular preview feature will have been integrated
2197into the Java platform, its entry will be removed from the table and related
2198optionality will be discontinued.
2199
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002200
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02002201JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax* *g:vim_json_conceal*
h-east738ebfe2024-10-05 16:56:47 +02002202 *g:vim_json_warnings*
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002203
2204The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2205default. To disable concealment: >
2206 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2207
2208To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2209 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2210
2211
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002212JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2213
2214To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2215 hi link jqNumber Normal
2216
2217If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2218 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2219
2220
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002221LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002222
2223Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2224style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2225define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2226 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2227
2228
Andis Spriņķis0f146b72024-10-13 19:29:56 +02002229LF (LFRC) *lf.vim* *ft-lf-syntax* *g:lf_shell_syntax*
2230 *b:lf_shell_syntax*
2231
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002232For the lf file manager configuration files (lfrc) the shell commands syntax
2233highlighting can be changed globally and per buffer by setting a different
2234'include' command search pattern using these variables: >
Andis Spriņķis0f146b72024-10-13 19:29:56 +02002235 let g:lf_shell_syntax = "syntax/dosbatch.vim"
2236 let b:lf_shell_syntax = "syntax/zsh.vim"
2237
2238These variables are unset by default.
2239
2240The default 'include' command search pattern is 'syntax/sh.vim'.
2241
2242
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002243LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002244
2245Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2246gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2247 :syn sync minlines=300
2248may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2249difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2250
2251
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002252LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2253
2254To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2255
2256 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2257<
2258
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002259LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2260
2261The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2262
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002263 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002264 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2265 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002266 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002267 of parenthesization will receive different
2268 highlighting.
2269<
2270The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2271the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2272colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2273specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002274usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002275highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2276
2277
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002278LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002279
2280There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2281
2282If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2283
2284 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2285
2286For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2287set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2288
2289 :let lite_minlines = 200
2290
2291
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002292LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002293
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002294LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002295file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2296users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2297should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2298
2299 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2300
2301If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002302modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002303
2304 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2305
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002306For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002307
2308 // vim:set ft=c:
2309
2310If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2311
2312There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002313used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002314and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002315assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002316you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2317
2318 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2319
2320For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2321
2322 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2323
2324For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2325
2326 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2327
2328For uLPC series of LPC:
2329uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2330instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2331
2332
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002333LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002334
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002335The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002336the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2337lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020023385.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002339
2340 :let lua_version = 5
2341 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002342
2343
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002344MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002345
2346Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002347quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002348signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2349whitespaces and end with a newline.
2350
2351Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002352as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002353only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2354
2355By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002356displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002357with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2358
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002359 :let mail_minlines = 30
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002360
2361
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002362MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002363
2364In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2365errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2366feature off by using: >
2367
2368 :let make_no_commands = 1
2369
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002370Comments are also highlighted by default. You can turn this off by using: >
2371
2372 :let make_no_comments = 1
2373
2374Microsoft Makefile handles variable expansion and comments differently
2375(backslashes are not used for escape). If you see any wrong highlights
2376because of this, you can try this: >
2377
2378 :let make_microsoft = 1
2379
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002380
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002381MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002382
2383Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2384supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2385The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2386highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2387
2388 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2389
2390to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2391choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
23921, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2393$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2394
2395 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2396 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2397 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2398 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2399 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2400 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2401 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2402 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2403 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2404
2405
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02002406MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax* *g:markdown_minlines*
2407 *g:markdown_fenced_languages* *g:markdown_syntax_conceal*
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002408
2409If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2410slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002411the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002412
2413 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2414
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002415If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2416documents you can enable like this: >
2417
2418 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2419
2420To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2421
2422 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2423
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002424
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002425MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002426
2427Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2428have the following in your .vimrc: >
2429
2430 let filetype_m = "mma"
2431
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002432MEDIAWIKI *ft-mediawiki-syntax*
2433
Stanislav Asunkindd36d6c2024-08-14 14:43:30 +02002434By default, syntax highlighting includes basic HTML tags like style and
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002435headers |html.vim|. For strict Mediawiki syntax highlighting: >
2436
2437 let g:html_no_rendering = 1
2438
2439If HTML highlighting is desired, terminal-based text formatting such as bold
2440and italic is possible by: >
2441
2442 let g:html_style_rendering = 1
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002443
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002444MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2445
2446Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2447dialect.
2448
2449The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2450
2451 taggedComment :=
2452 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2453 ;
2454
2455 dialectTag :=
2456 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2457 ;
2458
2459 reserved words
2460 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2461
2462A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2463lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2464additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2465
2466Example: >
2467
2468 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2469 ...
2470
2471Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2472dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2473defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2474
2475Example: >
2476
2477 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2478
2479
2480Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2481variables.
2482
2483Variable Highlight ~
2484*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2485*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2486*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2487
2488*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2489*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2490*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2491
2492*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2493
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002494MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002495
2496If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2497highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2498comments: >
2499
2500 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2501
2502To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2503
2504 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2505
2506To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2507'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2508
2509 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2510
2511Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2512
2513 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2514
2515To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2516
2517 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2518
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002519Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002520use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2521To enable this option: >
2522
2523 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2524
2525An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2526
2527 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2528
2529
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002530MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002531
2532There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2533
2534If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2535
2536 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2537
2538For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2539set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2540
2541 :let msql_minlines = 200
2542
2543
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002544NEOMUTT *neomutt.vim* *ft-neomuttrc-syntax*
2545 *ft-neomuttlog-syntax*
Richard Russona2aa9212024-10-13 19:40:43 +02002546
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002547To disable the default NeoMutt log colors: >
Richard Russona2aa9212024-10-13 19:40:43 +02002548
2549 :let g:neolog_disable_default_colors = 1
2550
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002551N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2552
2553N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2554Couchbase Server databases.
2555
2556Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2557and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2558many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2559
2560
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002561NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002562
2563There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2564
2565If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2566errors, use this: >
2567
2568 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2569
2570If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2571
2572
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002573NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002574
2575The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2576activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2577can use them.
2578
2579For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002580processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002581features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2582|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002583
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002584 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002585
2586Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2587Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2588there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002589you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002590can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2591native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2592\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2593accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2594environments.
2595
2596In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2597follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2598
25991. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2600
26012. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2602 exclamation mark, etc.
2603
26043. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2605 carriage return.
2606
2607The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2608algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2609
2610Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2611furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2612vertical space input will be output as is.
2613
2614Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2615than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2616practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002617marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002618need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002619spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2620
2621 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2622
2623Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2624with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2625highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002626"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002627
2628 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2629 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2630 \ gui=reverse,bold
2631
2632If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2633with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2634file: >
2635
2636 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2637
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002638As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002639paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2640
2641Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2642groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2643
2644
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002645OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002646
2647The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2648.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2649
2650 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2651
2652you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2653by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2654
2655 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2656
2657prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2658contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2659
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002660PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2661
2662By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2663Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002664To do so, set the *g:filetype_md* var: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002665
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002666 :let g:filetype_md = 'pandoc'
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002667
2668The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2669
2670 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2671
2672To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2673
2674 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2675
zeertzjq7c515282024-11-10 20:26:12 +01002676This is a list of the rules which can be used here:
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002677
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002678 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002679 - image
2680 - block
2681 - subscript
2682 - superscript
2683 - strikeout
2684 - atx
2685 - codeblock_start
2686 - codeblock_delim
2687 - footnote
2688 - definition
2689 - list
2690 - newline
2691 - dashes
2692 - ellipses
2693 - quotes
2694 - inlinecode
2695 - inlinemath
2696
2697You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2698footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2699
2700 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2701
2702To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2703
2704 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2705
2706Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2707Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2708and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2709
2710 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2711
2712Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2713specified. Default = 1 >
2714
2715 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2716
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002717For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds.
2718This is a list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't
2719match, you can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002720
2721 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2722
2723To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2724
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002725 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002726
2727"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2728you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2729
2730To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2731
2732 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2733
2734Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2735Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2736
2737 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2738
2739The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2740
2741 :PandocHighlight LANG
2742
2743Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2744syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2745
2746 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2747
2748Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002749
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002750PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002751
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002752The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002753and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002754as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2755sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002756you set the variable: >
2757
2758 :let papp_include_html=1
2759
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002760in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002761sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002762edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002763
2764The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2765http://papp.plan9.de.
2766
2767
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002768PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002769
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002770Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2771could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2772or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002773
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002774 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2775 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002776
2777The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2778provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002779Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002780enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2781following line to your startup file: >
2782
2783 :let pascal_traditional=1
2784
2785To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2786keywords, etc): >
2787
2788 :let pascal_delphi=1
2789
2790
2791The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2792*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2793operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2794
2795 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2796
2797Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2798
2799 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2800
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002801Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002802pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2803match Turbo Pascal. >
2804
2805 :let pascal_gpc=1
2806
2807or >
2808
2809 :let pascal_fpc=1
2810
2811To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2812pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2813
2814 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2815
2816If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2817will be highlighted as Error. >
2818
2819 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2820
2821
2822
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002823PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002824
2825There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2826
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002827Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2828to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2829files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002830
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002831 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002832
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002833To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002834off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002835
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002836To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2837from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002838
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002839 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002840
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002841(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2842enabled it.)
2843
2844If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2845
2846 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2847
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002848(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002849
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002850The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2851be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002852perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2853
2854 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2855 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2856 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2857
2858(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2859
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002860The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002861synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2862If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002863then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2864you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002865
2866One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2867
2868 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2869 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2870
2871Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2872its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2873
2874 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2875
2876If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2877
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002878 :let perl_fold = 1
2879
2880If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2881
2882 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002883
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002884Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2885this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002886
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002887 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002888
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002889Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2890via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002891
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002892 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2893
2894Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2895behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2896
2897 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002898
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002899PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002900
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002901[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002902it has been renamed to "php"]
2903
2904There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2905
2906If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2907
2908 let php_sql_query = 1
2909
2910For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2911
2912 let php_baselib = 1
2913
2914Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2915
2916 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2917
2918Using the old colorstyle: >
2919
2920 let php_oldStyle = 1
2921
2922Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2923
2924 let php_asp_tags = 1
2925
2926Disable short tags: >
2927
2928 let php_noShortTags = 1
2929
2930For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2931
2932 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2933
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002934For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002935one: >
2936
2937 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2938
2939Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2940
2941 let php_folding = 1
2942
2943Selecting syncing method: >
2944
2945 let php_sync_method = x
2946
2947x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2948x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2949x = 0 to sync from start.
2950
2951
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002952PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2953
2954TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2955variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002956see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002957
2958This syntax file has the option >
2959
2960 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2961
2962if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2963
2964
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002965PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002966
2967PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2968
2969This syntax file has the options:
2970
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002971- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002972 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002973
2974 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002975 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002976
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002977 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002978 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002979 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002980
2981 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2982
2983- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2984 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2985
2986
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002987PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002988
2989There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2990
2991If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2992
2993 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2994
2995For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2996set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2997
2998 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2999
3000
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003001POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003002
3003There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
3004
3005First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
3006currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
3007and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
3008Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
3009extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
3010level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
3011highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
3012
3013 :let postscr_level=2
3014
3015If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
3016the most prevalent version currently.
3017
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003018Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003019particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
3020PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
3021
3022If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
3023Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
3024follows: >
3025
3026 :let postscr_display=1
3027
3028If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
3029Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
3030postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
3031
3032 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
3033
3034PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
3035useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
3036cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
3037character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
3038explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
3039highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
3040
3041 :let postscr_fonts=1
3042 :let postscr_encodings=1
3043
3044There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
3045PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
3046operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
3047if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
3048operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
3049or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
3050highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
3051postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
3052
3053 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
3054<
3055
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003056 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
3057PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003058
3059This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
3060
3061In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
3062the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
3063appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
3064patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
3065"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
3066
3067For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
3068files, add the following: >
3069
3070 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
3071 \ set filetype=ptcap
3072
3073If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
3074are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
3075internal variable to a larger number: >
3076
3077 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
3078
3079(The default is 20 lines.)
3080
3081
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003082PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003083
3084Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
3085doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
3086startup vimrc: >
3087 :let filetype_w = "progress"
3088The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
3089Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
3090 :let filetype_i = "progress"
3091 :let filetype_p = "progress"
3092
3093
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003094PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003095
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003096There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003097
3098For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003099 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003100
3101For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003102 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003103
3104For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003105 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
3106
3107For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
3108 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
3109or >
3110 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003111The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003112
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02003113For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003114 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003115
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09003116If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003117 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003118This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
3119unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003120
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003121If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
3122you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003123Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
3124 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003125This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
3126
3127Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
3128 You can replace 1 above with anything.
3129
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003130
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003131QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003132
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003133The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
3134based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
3135between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
3136definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
3137to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
3138be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003139
3140set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
3141 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
3142
3143set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3144 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3145
3146set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3147 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3148
3149Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3150commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3151
3152
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003153R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
3154
3155The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3156can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3157 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3158
3159You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3160 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3161
3162enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3163braces: >
3164 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3165
3166and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3167 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3168
3169
3170R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3171
3172To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3173 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3174
3175To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3176 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3177
3178To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3179 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3180
3181By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003182language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3183highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3184is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3185behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3186and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3187 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3188 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3189 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3190 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3191 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3192
3193If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3194list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3195the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003196 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3197
3198
3199R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3200
3201To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3202 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3203
3204
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003205RASI *rasi.vim* *ft-rasi-syntax*
3206
3207Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
Christian Brabandtf3dd6f62024-05-31 12:26:12 +02003208rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003209inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
3210as rasi files: .rasi.
3211
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003212READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003213
3214The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003215few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003216items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3217command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3218 let readline_has_bash = 1
3219
3220This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3221later, and part earlier) adds.
3222
3223
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003224REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3225
3226Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3227language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3228the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3229
3230
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003231RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3232
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003233Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3234select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3235syntax list.
3236
3237To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003238 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003239
3240To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3241`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3242 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003243 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3244 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003245 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003246 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003247
3248To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3249 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3250
3251To enable folding of sections: >
3252 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3253
3254Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3255
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003256
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003257REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003258
3259If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3260when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3261to a larger number: >
3262 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3263This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3264displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3265number is that redrawing can become slow.
3266
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003267Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3268comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3269your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3270>
3271 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3272
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003273
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003274RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003275
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003276 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3277 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3278 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3279 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3280 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3281
3282 *ruby_operators*
3283 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3284
3285Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3286
3287 :let ruby_operators = 1
3288<
3289 *ruby_space_errors*
3290 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3291
3292Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3293
3294 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3295<
3296This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3297as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3298"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3299spaces respectively.
3300
3301 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3302 Ruby: Folding ~
3303
3304Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3305
3306 :let ruby_fold = 1
3307<
3308This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3309buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3310filetypes.
3311
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003312Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3313"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3314
3315You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3316
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003317 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003318<
3319The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3320
3321 keyword meaning ~
3322 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3323 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3324 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003325 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003326 def "def" block
3327 class "class" block
3328 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003329 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003330 begin "begin" block
3331 case "case" block
3332 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003333 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3334 [ Array literal
3335 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3336 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003337 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003338 : Symbol
3339 # Multiline comment
3340 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003341 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3342
3343 *ruby_no_expensive*
3344 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003345
3346By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003347of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003348experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3349you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003350
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003351 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003352<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003353In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3354
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003355 *ruby_minlines*
3356
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003357If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3358scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3359the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003360
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003361 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003362<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003363Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3364largest class or module.
3365
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003366 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3367 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003368
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003369Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3370"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003371
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003372 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003373<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003374
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003375SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003376
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003377By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003378
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003379scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3380Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003381
3382
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003383SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003384
3385The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3386of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3387
3388The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3389case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003390used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003391highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3392 :let sdl_2000=1
3393
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003394This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003395keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3396 :let SDL_no_96=1
3397
3398
3399The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3400satisfied with it for my own projects.
3401
3402
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003403SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003404
3405To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003406highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003407
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003408 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3409<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003410in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3411inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3412by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3413also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3414you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3415
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003416GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3417comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3418comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3419
3420 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3421<
3422Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3423not (yet) affected by this setting.
3424
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003425Bugs:
3426
3427 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3428 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3429 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3430 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3431 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3432 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3433
3434
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003435SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003436
3437The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3438
3439The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3440This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3441closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3442defined for you)
3443
3444Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3445names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3446
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003447Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003448names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3449
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003450Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003451are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3452text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3453<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3454
3455If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3456following syntax groups:
3457
3458 - sgmlBold
3459 - sgmlBoldItalic
3460 - sgmlUnderline
3461 - sgmlItalic
3462 - sgmlLink for links
3463
3464To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3465following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3466are read during initialization) >
3467 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3468
3469You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3470vimrc file: >
3471 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3472
3473(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3474
3475
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003476 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003477SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003478
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003479This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3480shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003481
3482Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003483various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003484
3485 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3486 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3487<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003488See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3489cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3490/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3491that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3492shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3493symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003494
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003495One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003496variables in your <.vimrc>:
3497
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003498 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003499 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003500< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003501 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003502< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003503 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003504< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003505 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003506
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003507< (dash users should use posix)
3508
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003509If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3510default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003511the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3512statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003513sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003514
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003515The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3516
3517 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3518 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3519 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3520 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003521>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003522then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003523syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3524to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003525
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003526 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3527
3528If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3529when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003530to a larger number. Example: >
3531
3532 let sh_minlines = 500
3533
3534This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3535displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3536number is that redrawing can become slow.
3537
3538If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3539reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3540
3541 let sh_maxlines = 100
3542<
3543The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3544speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3545
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003546syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003547unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003548for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3549the following line in your .vimrc: >
3550
3551 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3552<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003553
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003554 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3555 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003556
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003557You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3558Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3559file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3560
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003561 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003562 " ==============
3563 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3564 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3565 unlet b:current_syntax
3566 endif
3567 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3568 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3569 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3570 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3571 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3572<
3573This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3574 awk '...awk code here...'
3575be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3576extended to other languages.
3577
3578
3579SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3580(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003581
3582The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3583
3584- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3585 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3586 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3587
3588- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3589 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003590 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003591 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3592 them in the syntax file.
3593
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003594- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003595 highlighting of # style comments.
3596
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003597 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003598 number of #s.
3599
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003600 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003601 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003602
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003603 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003604 more than one #.
3605
3606Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003607PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003608fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3609the syntax file.
3610
3611
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003612SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3613 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003614 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003615
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003616While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3617custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3618SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003619
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003620Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3621scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3622supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3623buffer by buffer basis.
3624
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003625For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003626
3627
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003628SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3629
3630Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3631designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3632bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3633with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3634
3635
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003636TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003637
3638This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3639for how the filetype is detected.
3640
3641Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003642is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3643add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003644
3645 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3646
3647If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3648when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3649to a larger number: >
3650
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003651 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003652
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003653This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3654displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3655synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3656tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3657redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003658
3659
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003660TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003661 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003662
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003663 Tex Contents~
3664 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3665 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3666 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3667 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3668 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3669 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3670 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3671 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3672 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3673 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3674 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3675 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3676 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003677 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003678 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003679
3680 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003681 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003682
3683As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3684sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3685 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3686in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3687modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3688 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003689If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003690 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003691<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003692 *g:tex_nospell*
3693 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3694
3695If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3696 let g:tex_nospell=1
3697into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3698comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3699
3700 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003701 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003702
3703Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3704prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3705this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3706 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003707If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3708see |g:tex_nospell|.
3709
3710 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003711 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003712
3713Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3714one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3715want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3716 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003717<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003718 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003719 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003720
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003721The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3722highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3723texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3724terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3725as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003726special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3727 %stopzone
3728which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3729texMathZone.
3730
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003731 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003732 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003733
3734If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3735 :syn sync maxlines=200
3736 :syn sync minlines=50
3737(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003738increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003739if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3740
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003741Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3742|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3743
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003744 *g:tex_fast*
3745
3746Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3747
3748 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3749
3750in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3751highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3752synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3753price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3754folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3755
3756You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3757selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3758
3759 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3760 c : allow texComment syntax
3761 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3762 M : allow texMath syntax
3763 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3764 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3765 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3766 S : allow texStyle syntax
3767 v : allow verbatim syntax
3768 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3769<
3770As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3771but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003772(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003773
3774 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003775 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003776
3777LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3778of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3779package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3780it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3781techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003782by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3783which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3784http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003785
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003786I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3787
3788 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3789<
3790The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3791
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003792 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003793 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003794
3795The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3796although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3797errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3798you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003799 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003800and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003801
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003802 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003803 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003804
3805If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3806code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003807 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3808You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3809(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3810As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3811 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3812You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3813and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3814The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3815has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003816
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003817 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003818 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003819
3820One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3821commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3822following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3823such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3824
3825 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3826 :set ft=tex
3827
3828Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3829always accept such use of @.
3830
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003831 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003832 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003833
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003834If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3835number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3836including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3837superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3838superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3839In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3840
3841One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3842with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003843
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003844 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003845 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3846
3847You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003848<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3849for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003850
3851 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003852 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003853 d = delimiters
3854 m = math symbols
3855 g = Greek
3856 s = superscripts/subscripts
3857<
3858By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3859substitution will not be made.
3860
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003861 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3862 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3863
3864Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3865keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3866syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3867
3868 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3869 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3870 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003871 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003872 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3873 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3874 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003875 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003876
3877 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3878 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3879
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003880 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3881 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3882
3883 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3884
3885 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3886 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3887
3888 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3889 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3890 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3891 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3892
3893 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3894 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3895<
3896 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3897 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3898 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3899< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3900 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3901
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003902 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3903 Tex: Match Check Control~
3904
3905 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003906 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3907 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003908 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3909 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3910 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3911< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3912 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3913 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3914< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3915 regions, >
3916 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3917< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003918
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003919TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003920
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003921There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3922
3923For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3924set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3925
3926 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3927<
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003928TYPESCRIPT *typescript.vim* *ft-typescript-syntax*
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01003929 *typescriptreact.vim* *ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003930
3931There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
3932
3933 *g:typescript_host_keyword*
3934When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
3935are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
3936
3937 let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
3938<
3939The default value is 1.
3940
Gregory Anders1cc4cae2024-07-15 20:00:48 +02003941TYPST *ft-typst-syntax*
3942
3943 *g:typst_embedded_languages*
3944Typst files can embed syntax highlighting for other languages by setting the
3945|g:typst_embedded_languages| variable. This variable is a list of language
3946names whose syntax definitions will be included in Typst files. Example: >
3947
3948 let g:typst_embedded_languages = ['python', 'r']
3949
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003950VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3951 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003952There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003953updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3954g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3955improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003956
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003957 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3958 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3959<
3960 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3961 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003962
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003963 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3964The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3965embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003966
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003967 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003968 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded Lua
3969 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
3970 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded Perl
3971 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded Python
3972 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded Ruby
3973 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded Tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003974<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003975By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003976itself supports. Concatenate the indicated characters to support multiple
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003977types of embedded interpreters (e.g., g:vimsyn_embed = "mp" supports embedded
3978mzscheme and embedded perl).
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003979 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003980Some folding is now supported with when 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003981
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003982 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
Doug Kearns818c6412024-10-06 17:00:48 +02003983 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : fold augroups
3984 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'c' : fold Vim9 classes
3985 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'e' : fold Vim9 enums
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003986 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003987 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
Doug Kearns818c6412024-10-06 17:00:48 +02003988 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'i' : fold Vim9 interfaces
3989 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9 legacy headers
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003990 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold Lua script
3991 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold MzScheme script
3992 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold Perl script
3993 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold Python script
3994 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold Ruby script
3995 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold Tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003996<
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003997
3998By default, g:vimsyn_folding is unset. Concatenate the indicated characters
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003999to support folding of multiple syntax constructs (e.g.,
4000g:vimsyn_folding = "fh" will enable folding of both functions and heredocs).
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02004001
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10004002 *g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
4003By default, strings are highlighted inside comments. This may be disabled by
4004setting g:vimsyn_comment_strings to false.
4005
4006 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01004007Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
4008is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004009highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00004010
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004011 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
4012<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00004013
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004014
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00004015WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
4016
4017The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
4018with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
4019bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
4020https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
4021
4022
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004023XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004024
4025The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
4026variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
4027You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
4028xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
4029your .vimrc. Example: >
4030 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
4031When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
4032
4033Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
4034"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
4035highlighted.
4036
4037
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004038XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004039
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004040Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004041setting a global variable: >
4042
4043 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
4044<
4045 *xml-folding*
4046The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004047start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004048
4049 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
4050 :set foldmethod=syntax
4051
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01004052Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004053especially for large files.
4054
4055
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004056X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004057
4058xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
4059XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
4060you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
4061
4062To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
4063somewhere else with "P".
4064
4065Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
4066 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00004067 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004068 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00004069 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
4070 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004071 :endfunction
4072 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
4073 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
4074This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
4075It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
4076must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
4077
4078It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
4079 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
4080
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004081
4082YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
4083
4084 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004085A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
4086non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
4087plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
4088and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
4089integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004090will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
4091
4092Schema Description ~
4093failsafe No additional highlighting.
4094json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
4095core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004096pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
4097 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
4098 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004099 schema.
4100
4101Default schema is `core`.
4102
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004103Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
4104only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004105difference defined in the syntax file.
4106
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01004107
4108ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
4109
4110The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
4111
4112 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
4113
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004114==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010041156. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004116
4117Vim understands three types of syntax items:
4118
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000041191. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01004120 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
4121 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
4122 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
4123 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
4124 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
4125 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004126
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000041272. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004128 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
4129
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000041303. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004131 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
4132 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
4133 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
4134
4135Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
4136you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
4137to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
4138and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
4139"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
4140one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
4141This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
4142each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
4143for a lot of groups.
4144
4145Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
4146group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
4147for the syntax group with the same name.
4148
4149In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
4150defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
4151using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
4152match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
4153keyword with ignoring case.
4154
4155
4156PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
4157
4158When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
4159
41601. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
4161 defined last has priority.
41622. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
41633. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
4164 start in later positions.
4165
4166
4167DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
4168
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004169:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004170 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
4171 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
4172 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
4173 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
4174
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004175:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004176 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004177
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004178
4179DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
4180
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004181:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
4182:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004183 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
4184 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
4185
4186 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
4187 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
4188
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004189 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004190 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
4191 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
4192 may close and open horizontally within a line.
4193
4194:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004195 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4196 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004197
4198 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4199
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004200SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4201
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004202:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4203:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4204:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004205 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4206 in a syntax item:
4207
4208 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4209 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4210 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4211
4212 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4213 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4214 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4215
4216 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4217
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004218:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004219 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4220 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004221
4222
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004223SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4224
4225:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4226 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4227 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4228
4229 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4230 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004231 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004232
4233 Example: >
4234 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4235<
4236 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4237 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4238 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4239
4240 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4241
4242 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004243 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004244 match.
4245
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004246 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4247 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004248 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004249
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004250DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4251
4252:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4253
4254 This defines a number of keywords.
4255
4256 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4257 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4258 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4259
4260 Example: >
4261 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4262<
4263 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4264 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4265 These examples do exactly the same: >
4266 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4267 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4268 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004269< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004270 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4271 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4272 variations at once: >
4273 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4274<
4275 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4276 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4277 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4278 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4279 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004280 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004281
4282 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4283 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4284 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4285
4286 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4287 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4288 instead.
4289
4290 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4291
4292 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4293 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4294 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004295 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004296 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4297 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4298< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4299 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4300 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4301
4302
4303DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4304
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004305:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4306 [excludenl]
4307 [keepend]
4308 {pattern}
4309 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004310
4311 This defines one match.
4312
4313 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4314 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4315 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4316 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4317 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004318 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4319 match with the end pattern. See
4320 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004321 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4322 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4323 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4324 line, which makes the match depend on where
4325 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4326 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4327
4328 Example (match a character constant): >
4329 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4330<
4331
4332DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4333 *E398* *E399*
4334:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4335 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4336 [keepend]
4337 [extend]
4338 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004339 start={start-pattern} ..
4340 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4341 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004342 [{options}]
4343
4344 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4345
4346 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4347 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4348 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4349 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4350 for the text in between the matched start and
4351 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4352 a different group for the start or end match.
4353 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4354 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4355 match with the end pattern. See
4356 |:syn-keepend|.
4357 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004358 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004359 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4360 extend a containing match or item. Only
4361 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4362 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004363 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004364 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004365 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004366 the region where not to look for the end
4367 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004368 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004369 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4370
4371 Example: >
4372 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4373<
4374 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4375 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4376 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4377 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4378 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4379 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4380
4381 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4382 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4383 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4384 the end patterns.
4385
4386 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4387 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4388 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4389
4390 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4391 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4392 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4393 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4394
4395 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4396 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4397 work: >
4398 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4399 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4400< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4401 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4402 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4403 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4404 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4405< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4406 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4407
4408 *:syn-keepend*
4409 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4410 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4411 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4412 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4413 { starts outer "{}" region
4414 { starts contained "{}" region
4415 } ends contained "{}" region
4416 } ends outer "{} region
4417 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4418 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4419 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4420 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4421 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4422 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4423 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4424< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4425 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4426
4427 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4428 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4429 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4430 contained matches.
4431 *:syn-extend*
4432 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4433 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4434 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4435 extended.
4436 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4437 others don't. Example: >
4438
4439 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4440 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4441 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4442
4443< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4444 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4445 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4446
4447 Another example: >
4448 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4449< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4450 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4451 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4452 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4453 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4454
4455 *:syn-excludenl*
4456 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4457 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4458 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4459 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4460 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4461 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4462 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4463 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4464 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4465 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4466 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4467 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4468 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4469
4470 *:syn-matchgroup*
4471 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4472 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4473 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4474< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4475 between with the "String" group.
4476 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4477 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4478 using a matchgroup.
4479
4480 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4481 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4482 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4483 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4484 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4485
4486 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4487 different colors: >
4488 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4489 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4490 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4491 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4492 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4493 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004494<
4495 *E849*
4496The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004497
4498==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010044997. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004500
4501The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4502The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4503and may be mixed with patterns.
4504
4505Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4506can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004507 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004508 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4509:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4510:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4511:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004512
4513These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004514 conceal
4515 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004516 contained
4517 containedin
4518 nextgroup
4519 transparent
4520 skipwhite
4521 skipnl
4522 skipempty
4523
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004524conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4525
4526When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004527Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004528'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4529concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4530edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004531
4532Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4533bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004534
4535concealends *:syn-concealends*
4536
4537When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4538the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4539Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4540'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004541in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4542|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4543items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004544
4545cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004546 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004547The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4548when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4549argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004550character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4551a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004552 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004553See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004554
4555contained *:syn-contained*
4556
4557When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4558the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4559another match. Example: >
4560 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4561 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4562
4563
4564display *:syn-display*
4565
4566If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4567detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4568by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4569to be displayed.
4570
4571Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4572conditions:
4573- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4574 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4575 line.
4576- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4577 make it continue on the next line.
4578- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4579 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4580 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4581- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4582 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4583 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4584 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4585
4586Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4587- match with a number
4588- match with a label
4589
4590
4591transparent *:syn-transparent*
4592
4593If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4594itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4595is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4596only to skip over a part of the text.
4597
4598The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4599unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4600avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4601highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4602 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4603 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4604 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4605 :hi link myString String
4606 :hi link myWord Comment
4607Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4608match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4609argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4610it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4611out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004612"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004613happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4614position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4615
4616When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4617items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4618see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4619through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4620
4621 look from here
4622
4623 | | | | | |
4624 V V V V V V
4625
4626 xxxx yyy more contained items
4627 .................... contained item (transparent)
4628 ============================= first item
4629
4630The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4631transparent group.
4632
4633What you see is:
4634
4635 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4636
4637Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4638
4639
4640oneline *:syn-oneline*
4641
4642The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4643boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4644region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4645the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4646continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4647line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4648
4649When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4650pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4651end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4652means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4653be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4654line break.
4655
4656
4657fold *:syn-fold*
4658
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004659The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004660Example: >
4661 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4662 :syn sync fromstart
4663 :set foldmethod=syntax
4664This will make each {} block form one fold.
4665
4666The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4667ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4668The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004669See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4670from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004671{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4672
4673
4674 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004675contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004676
4677The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4678groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4679containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4680regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4681this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4682here.
4683
4684contains=ALL
4685 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4686 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4687
4688contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4689 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4690 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4691 are listed. Example: >
4692 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4693
4694contains=TOP
4695 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4696 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4697 argument.
4698contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4699 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4700
4701contains=CONTAINED
4702 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4703 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4704 argument.
4705contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4706 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4707 listed.
4708
4709
4710The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4711that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4712The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4713 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4714The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4715that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4716command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4717syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4718the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4719group names.
4720
4721The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4722region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4723|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4724region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4725area that is highlighted
4726
4727
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004728containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004729
4730The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4731item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4732containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4733
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004734The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004735
4736This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4737be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4738of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4739the C syntax: >
4740 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4741Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4742level.
4743
4744Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4745appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4746keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4747work.
4748
4749
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004750nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004751
4752The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4753separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4754
4755If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4756tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4757a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4758will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4759current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4760other groups. Example: >
4761 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4762 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4763 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4764
4765This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4766"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4767highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4768
4769 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4770 fff bbb fff bbb
4771
4772Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4773when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4774highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4775would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4776
4777
4778skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4779skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4780skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4781
4782These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4783used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004784 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004785 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4786 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4787
4788When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4789next group that matches the white space.
4790
4791When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4792line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4793line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4794the current item in the same line.
4795
4796When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4797groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4798for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4799space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4800
4801Example: >
4802 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4803 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4804 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4805Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4806match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4807precedence.
4808Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4809"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4810example).
4811
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004812IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4813
4814:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4815 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4816 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4817 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4818 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4819 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4820 given explicitly.
4821
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004822:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004823 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004824
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004825==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010048268. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004827
4828In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4829characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4830use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4831use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4832 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4833 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4834
4835See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004836always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004837value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4838not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4839independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4840
4841Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4842This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4843
4844 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4845The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4846change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4847match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4848are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4849pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4850
4851The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4852The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4853
4854ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4855me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4856hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4857he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4858rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4859re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4860lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4861
4862The {offset} can be:
4863
4864s start of the matched pattern
4865s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4866s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4867e end of the matched pattern
4868e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4869e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004870{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004871
4872Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4873
4874Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4875meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4876
4877 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4878match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4879region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4880region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4881region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4882
4883Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4884 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4885<
4886 some "string" text
4887 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4888
4889Notes:
4890- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4891 offset(s).
4892- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4893- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4894 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004895- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004896 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004897 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004898- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4899 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4900 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4901
4902Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4903 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4904<
4905 /* this is a comment */
4906 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4907
4908A more complicated Example: >
4909 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4910<
4911 abcfoostringbarabc
4912 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004913 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004914
4915Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4916
4917Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4918with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004919in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004920
4921The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4922be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4923cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4924characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4925used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4926specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4927
4928 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4929 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4930 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4931<
4932 ___zzzz ___wwww
4933 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4934 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4935 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4936
4937The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4938unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4939
4940
4941Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4942
4943The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4944expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4945
4946When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4947allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004948following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4949the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004950
4951The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4952continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4953matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4954halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4955previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4956is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4957 x x a
4958 b x x
4959Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4960after the "\n".
4961
4962
4963External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4964
4965These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4966
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004967 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004968 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4969 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4970 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004971
4972 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4973 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4974 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4975 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4976
4977Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4978sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4979shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4980items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4981referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4982example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4983 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4984
4985As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4986it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004987changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004988first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4989also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004990 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004991
4992Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4993indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4994to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4995Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4996within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4997sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4998the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4999
5000Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
5001cannot be referred to.
5002
5003==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010050049. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005005
5006:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
5007 [add={group-name}..]
5008 [remove={group-name}..]
5009
5010This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
5011single name.
5012
5013 contains={group-name}..
5014 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
5015 add={group-name}..
5016 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
5017 remove={group-name}..
5018 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
5019
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005020A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
5021nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
5022this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005023
5024Example: >
5025 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
5026 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
5027
5028As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
5029retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
5030to speak: >
5031 :syntax keyword A aaa
5032 :syntax keyword B bbb
5033 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
5034 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
5035 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
5036
5037This also has implications for nested clusters: >
5038 :syntax keyword A aaa
5039 :syntax keyword B bbb
5040 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
5041 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
5042 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
5043 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
5044 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02005045<
5046 *E848*
5047The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005048
5049==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100505010. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005051
5052It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
5053a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
5054two different ways:
5055
5056 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
5057 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
5058 the |:runtime| command: >
5059
5060 " In cpp.vim:
5061 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
5062 :unlet b:current_syntax
5063
5064< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
5065 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
5066 ":syntax include" command:
5067
5068:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
5069
5070 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
5071 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
5072 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
5073 that list. >
5074
5075 " In perl.vim:
5076 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
5077 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
5078<
5079 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
5080 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
5081 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
5082 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
5083 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01005084 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
5085 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005086
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02005087 *E847*
5088The maximum number of includes is 999.
5089
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005090==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100509111. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005092
5093Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
5094make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
5095redrawing starts.
5096
5097:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
5098
5099There are four ways to synchronize:
51001. Always parse from the start of the file.
5101 |:syn-sync-first|
51022. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
5103 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
5104 |:syn-sync-second|
51053. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
5106 |:syn-sync-third|
51074. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
5108 |:syn-sync-fourth|
5109
5110 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
5111For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
5112limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
5113
5114If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
5115that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
5116lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
5117
5118If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
5119for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
5120adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
5121slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01005122 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005123<
5124 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
5125When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
5126cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
5127start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
5128the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
5129break use this: >
5130 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
5131The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
5132change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
5133value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
5134
5135
5136First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
5137>
5138 :syntax sync fromstart
5139
5140The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
5141accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
5142so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01005143when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005144case: to the end of the file).
5145
5146Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
5147
5148
5149Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
5150
5151For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
5152Example: >
5153 :syntax sync ccomment
5154
5155When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
5156comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
5157used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
5158An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
5159 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
5160This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
5161used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
5162region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
5163
5164The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
5165lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
5166lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
5167lines, but it hard to sync on).
5168
5169Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
5170that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
5171is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
5172chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
5173is hardly ever noticed.
5174
5175
5176Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
5177
5178For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
5179Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
5180means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
5181Example: >
5182 :syntax sync minlines=50
5183
5184"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
5185
5186
5187Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
5188
5189The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
5190sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
5191region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
5192starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
5193the search continues backwards in the file.
5194
5195This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5196matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5197- Keywords cannot be used.
5198- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5199 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5200- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5201 forwards.
5202- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5203 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5204 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005205 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005206- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5207 group of continued lines).
5208- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5209 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5210 line (or group of continued lines).
5211- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5212 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
Jon Parise947f7522024-08-03 17:40:58 +02005213 This is used when a line can contain both the start and the end of a region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005214 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5215
5216There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
52171. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5218 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5219 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5220 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
52212. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5222 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5223 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5224 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5225Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5226
5227Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5228avoid finding unwanted matches.
5229
5230[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5231search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5232highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5233faster.]
5234
5235 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5236 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5237
5238 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5239 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5240 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5241 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5242 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5243
5244 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5245 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5246
5247 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5248 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5249 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5250 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5251 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5252 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5253 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5254 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5255 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5256 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5257
5258 :syntax sync match ..
5259 :syntax sync region ..
5260
5261 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5262 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5263
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005264 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005265 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5266
5267 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5268 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5269 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5270
5271If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5272searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5273few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5274 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5275
5276You can clear all sync settings with: >
5277 :syntax sync clear
5278
5279You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5280 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5281
5282==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100528312. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005284
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005285This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005286
5287 :sy[ntax] [list]
5288
5289To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5290
5291 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5292
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005293To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005294
5295 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5296
5297See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5298
5299Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5300is mostly used, because it looks better.
5301
5302==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100530313. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005304
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005305In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005306and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5307of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005308
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005309 colorscheme pablo
5310<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005311 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005312:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5313 This is basically the same as >
5314 :echo g:colors_name
5315< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01005316 output "default". Its palette is defined in the file
nisbet-hubbard539349c2024-10-20 10:47:10 +02005317 "$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syncolor.vim" and is based on
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01005318 legacy versions of peachpuff and desert. When compiled
nisbet-hubbard539349c2024-10-20 10:47:10 +02005319 without the |+eval| feature it will output "unknown".
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005320
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005321:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005322 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005323 is found is loaded.
nisbet-hubbard539349c2024-10-20 10:47:10 +02005324 Use `:colo default` to load the default colorscheme.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005325 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5326 "start" and then under "opt".
5327
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005328 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005329 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005330
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005331You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5332appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5333the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5334darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005335
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005336 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5337 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005338<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005339For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5340use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5341the original color scheme: >
5342 runtime colors/evening.vim
5343 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005344
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005345Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5346(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5347autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5348|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5349
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005350 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005351If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5352using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5353color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5354 augroup my_colorschemes
5355 au!
5356 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5357 augroup END
5358
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005359Change a couple more colors: >
5360 augroup my_colorschemes
5361 au!
5362 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005363 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005364 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5365 augroup END
5366
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005367If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5368colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5369 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5370 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5371
5372With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5373different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5374group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5375you can find them here:
5376https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5377
5378For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5379 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5380
5381
5382==============================================================================
538314. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5384
5385There are three types of highlight groups:
5386- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5387 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5388 linked to a group of the second type.
5389- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5390- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5391 *hitest.vim*
5392You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5393 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5394This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5395in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005396
5397:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5398 attributes set.
5399
5400:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5401 List one highlight group.
5402
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005403 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005404:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005405 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005406 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5407 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005408 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005409
5410:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5411:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5412 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5413 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5414
5415:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5416 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005417 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005418 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005419 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005420 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5421 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5422 argument.
5423
5424Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5425default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5426highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5427values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5428the default value.
5429
5430A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5431a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5432
5433 :hi Comment gui=bold
5434
5435Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5436specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5437result is like this single command has been used: >
5438 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5439<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005440 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005441When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5442also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5443 :verbose hi Comment
5444< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005445 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005446
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005447When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5448mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005449
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005450 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5451There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5452term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005453cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005454 termcap entry)
5455gui the GUI
5456
5457For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5458the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5459
54601. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5461
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005462 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005463 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5464 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5465 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005466term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005467 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005468 following items (in any order):
5469 bold
5470 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005471 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005472 underdouble not always available
5473 underdotted not always available
5474 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005475 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005476 reverse
5477 inverse same as reverse
5478 italic
5479 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005480 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005481 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5482
5483 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5484 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005485 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005486 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005487 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005488 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5489 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5490 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5491 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5492 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5493
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005494< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5495 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5496 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5497 have to specify the codes like this: >
5498 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5499 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5500 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5501< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5502 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5503 fallback.
5504
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005505
5506start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5507stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5508 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5509 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5510
5511 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5512 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5513 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5514 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5515 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5516 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5517 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5518
5519 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5520
5521 1. A string with escape sequences.
5522 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5523 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5524 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5525 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5526
5527 2. A list of terminal codes.
5528 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5529 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5530 White space is not allowed. Example:
5531 start=t_C1,t_BL
5532 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5533
5534
55352. highlight arguments for color terminals
5536
5537cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5538 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5539 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5540 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5541 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005542 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5543 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5544 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005545
5546ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5547ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005548ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5549 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5550 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5551
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005552 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5553 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5554 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5555 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5556 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5557 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5558
5559 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5560 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5561 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5562 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5563 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005564 *tmux*
5565 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5566 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005567 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5568 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005569< More info at:
5570 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5571 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005572
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005573 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5574 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5575 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005576 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5577 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5578
5579 *cterm-colors*
5580 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5581 0 0 Black
5582 1 4 DarkBlue
5583 2 2 DarkGreen
5584 3 6 DarkCyan
5585 4 1 DarkRed
5586 5 5 DarkMagenta
5587 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5588 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5589 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5590 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5591 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5592 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5593 12 1* Red, LightRed
5594 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5595 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5596 15 7* White
5597
5598 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5599 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5600 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5601 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5602 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5603 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5604 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5605 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5606 a number instead of a color name.
5607
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005608 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5609 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005610 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005611 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5612 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005613
5614 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5615 colors!
5616
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005617 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5618
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005619 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5620 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5621 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5622 Example: >
5623 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5624< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005625 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5626 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5627 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5628 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5629 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005630 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005631 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005632 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005633
5634 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5635 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5636 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5637 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005638 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5639 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5640 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5641 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5642 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005643 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5644< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005645 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005646 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5647
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005648ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5649 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5650 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5651 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5652 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5653 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5654 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5655 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005656
56573. highlight arguments for the GUI
5658
5659gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5660 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5661 See |attr-list| for a description.
5662 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5663 have the same effect.
5664 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5665
5666font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5667 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5668 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5669 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5670<
5671 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5672 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5673 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5674 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005675 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005676 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5677 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5678 changed.
5679 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5680 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5681 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005682 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5683 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5684 Example: >
5685 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005686
5687guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5688guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005689guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5690 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005691 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5692 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005693 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005694 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005695 bg use normal background color
5696 background use normal background color
5697 fg use normal foreground color
5698 foreground use normal foreground color
5699 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5700 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5701 Example: >
5702 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5703<
5704 *gui-colors*
5705 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5706 Red LightRed DarkRed
5707 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5708 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5709 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5710 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5711 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5712 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5713 Black White
5714 Orange Purple Violet
5715
5716 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5717 |win32-colors|.
5718
5719 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5720 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5721 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005722 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005723 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005724 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005725 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005726<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005727 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01005728 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in
5729 |v:colornames|. For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005730
5731 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5732 # override it.
5733 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5734 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5735<
5736 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5737 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5738 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5739 scheme: >
5740
5741 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5742 colorscheme alt
5743<
5744 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5745 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5746 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5747 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5748 by a color scheme using: >
5749
5750 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5751 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5752<
5753
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005754 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5755These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5756'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5757of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5758command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005759When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5760unreadable use Visual selection.
5761
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005762 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005763ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005764 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005765Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5766 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005767 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005768Cursor Character under the cursor.
5769lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5770 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005771 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005772CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005773 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005774CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005775 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005776CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005777 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005778Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005779 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005780DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005781 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005782DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005783 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005784DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005785 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005786DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005787 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005788EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005789 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005790 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005791ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005792 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005793VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005794 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005795Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005796 *hl-FoldColumn*
5797FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5798 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005799SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005800 *hl-IncSearch*
5801IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005802 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005803 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005804LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005805 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005806 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5807LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5808 option is set, above the cursor line.
5809 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5810LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5811 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005812 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005813CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5814 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005815 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5816CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005817 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5818CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005819 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005820MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005821 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005822 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005823MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5824 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005825 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005826ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005827 *hl-MsgArea*
5828MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5829 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005830 *hl-MoreMsg*
5831MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5832 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005833NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5834 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5835 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5836 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5837 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005838 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005839Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005840 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005841Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005842 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005843PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005844 *hl-PmenuKind*
5845PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5846 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5847PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5848 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5849PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5850 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5851PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005852 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005853PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005854 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5855PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005856 *hl-PmenuMatch*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005857PmenuMatch Popup menu: Matched text in normal item.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005858 *hl-PmenuMatchSel*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005859PmenuMatchSel Popup menu: Matched text in selected item.
glepnir6a38aff2024-12-16 21:56:16 +01005860 *hl-ComplMatchIns*
5861ComplMatchIns Matched text of the currently inserted completion.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005862 *hl-PopupNotification*
5863PopupNotification
5864 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5865 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005866 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005867Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005868 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5869QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005870 *hl-Search*
5871Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005872 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005873 *hl-CurSearch*
5874CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005875 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5876 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005877 *hl-SpecialKey*
5878SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5879 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005880 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005881 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005882 *hl-SpellBad*
5883SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5884 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005885 *hl-SpellCap*
5886SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5887 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005888 *hl-SpellLocal*
5889SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5890 used in another region. |spell|
5891 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5892 *hl-SpellRare*
5893SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5894 hardly ever used. |spell|
5895 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005896 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005897StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005898 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5899StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005900 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005901 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005902 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005903StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005904 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005905StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5906 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005907 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005908TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005909 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005910TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005911 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005912TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005913 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005914Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005915 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005916Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005917 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005918Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005919 *hl-VisualNOS*
5920VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5921 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5922 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005923WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005924 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005925WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005926
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005927 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005928The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005929statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005930
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005931For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005932scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5933Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5934and guifg.
5935
5936 *hl-Menu*
5937Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5938 Also used for the toolbar.
5939 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5940
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005941 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005942 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5943 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5944 set.
5945
5946 *hl-Scrollbar*
5947Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5948 scrollbars.
5949 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5950
5951 *hl-Tooltip*
5952Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5953 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5954
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005955 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005956 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5957 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5958 set.
5959
5960==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100596115. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005962
5963When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5964can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5965group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5966
5967To set a link:
5968
5969 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5970
5971To remove a link:
5972
5973 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5974
5975Notes: *E414*
5976- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5977 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5978- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5979 removed.
5980- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5981 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5982 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5983 links for groups that already have settings.
5984
5985 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5986The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5987group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5988will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5989
5990Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5991specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5992 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5993If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5994 :highlight link cComment Question
5995Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5996overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5997
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005998To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5999highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
6000another color scheme, put a command like this in the
6001"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
6002 highlight! default link cComment Question
6003
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006004==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100600516. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006006
6007If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
6008command: >
6009 :syntax clear
6010
6011This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
6012or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
6013in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
6014load the syntax file.
6015The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
6016loaded after this command.
6017
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02006018To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
6019 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
6020This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
6021
6022To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
6023 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
6024This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
6025
6026 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006027If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
6028the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
6029 :syntax off
6030
6031What this command actually does, is executing the command >
6032 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
6033See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
6034$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
6035
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006036 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
6037If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
6038defaults back: >
6039
6040 :syntax reset
6041
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02006042It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
6043affects the highlighting.
6044
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006045This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
6046
6047Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
6048back to their Vim default.
6049Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
6050scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
6051
6052What this actually does is: >
6053
6054 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
6055 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
6056
6057Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
6058
6059 *syncolor*
6060If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
6061script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
6062'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
6063the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
6064reset" command.
6065
6066For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
6067
6068 if &background == "light"
6069 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
6070 else
6071 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
6072 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006073<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00006074 *E679*
6075Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
6076'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
6077endless loop.
6078
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006079Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
6080your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
6081depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
6082
6083 *syntax_cmd*
6084The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
6085syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006086 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006087 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006088 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
6089 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
6090 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006091 the colors.
6092 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
6093 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
6094 them.
6095
6096==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100609717. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006098
6099If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
6100mappings.
6101
6102 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
6103 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
6104>
6105 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
6106 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
6107
6108WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
6109memory Vim will consume.
6110
6111Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006112must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
6113at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006114
6115Put these lines in your Makefile:
6116
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006117# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006118types: types.vim
6119types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006120 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006121 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
6122 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
6123
6124And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
6125
6126 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006127 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006128 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006129 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006130 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
6131
6132==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100613318. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006134
6135Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
6136possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
6137private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
6138with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
6139highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
6140italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
6141
6142To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
6143windows on the buffer: >
6144 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006145< *w:current_syntax*
6146This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
6147"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
6148restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
6149"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
6150"w:current_syntax".
zeertzjq19be0eb2024-10-22 21:36:45 +02006151Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck', 'spellfile' and 'spelloptions'
6152options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006153
6154Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006155on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02006156syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006157same buffer.
6158
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006159A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
6160is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
6161When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006162
6163==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100616419. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006165
6166Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
6167default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
6168 :if &term =~ "xterm"
6169 : if has("terminfo")
6170 : set t_Co=8
6171 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
6172 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
6173 : else
6174 : set t_Co=8
6175 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6176 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6177 : endif
6178 :endif
6179< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6180
6181You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
6182e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
6183
6184Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
6185be wrong.
6186 *xiterm* *rxvt*
6187The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
6188But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
6189 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
6190 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
6191<
6192 *colortest.vim*
6193To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00006194To use it, execute this command: >
6195 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006196
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006197Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006198output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
6199at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
6200colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
6201
6202 *xfree-xterm*
6203To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006204included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006205at: >
6206 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6207Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6208termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6209supports. >
6210 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6211If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6212(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6213
6214This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6215 :if has("terminfo")
6216 : set t_Co=16
6217 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6218 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6219 :else
6220 : set t_Co=16
6221 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6222 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6223 :endif
6224< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6225
6226Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6227translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6228Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6229
6230For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6231
6232 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6233 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6234
6235Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6236and try if that works.
6237
6238You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6239 XTerm*color0: #000000
6240 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6241 XTerm*color2: #008000
6242 XTerm*color3: #808000
6243 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6244 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6245 XTerm*color6: #008080
6246 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6247 XTerm*color8: #808080
6248 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6249 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6250 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6251 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6252 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6253 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6254 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6255 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6256
6257[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6258cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006259newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006260
6261To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6262Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6263 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6264<
6265 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6266To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6267Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6268these resources:
6269 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6270 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6271 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6272 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6273
6274 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006275These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006276foreground colors: >
6277 :if has("terminfo")
6278 : set t_Co=8
6279 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6280 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6281 :else
6282 : set t_Co=8
6283 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6284 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6285 :endif
6286< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6287
6288 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6289These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6290emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6291bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6292 :set t_Co=16
6293 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6294 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6295<
6296 *TTpro-telnet*
6297These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6298open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6299 set t_Co=16
6300 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6301 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6302Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6303that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6304(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6305
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006306
6307==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100630820. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006309
6310This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6311
6312If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6313faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6314as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6315
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006316Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006317You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6318
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006319To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6320sequence: >
6321 :syntime on
6322 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6323 :syntime report
6324
6325This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6326it took to match them against the text.
6327
6328:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6329 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6330 matching.
6331
6332:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6333
6334:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6335
6336:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6337 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6338 the output.
6339
6340 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6341 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6342 matching this pattern.
6343 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6344 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6345 matched
6346 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6347 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6348 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6349 this is not unique.
6350 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6351
6352Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6353include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6354pattern does NOT match.
6355
6356When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6357all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6358literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6359
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006360"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006361 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006362"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006363
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006364
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006365 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: